Mitsubishi Electric MSZ-GS24NA User manual
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Service panel
Lock nut
Conduit cover Conduit
plate
Conduit pipe
• Make ground wire a little longer than oth-
ers. (More than 2-3/8 inches [60 mm])
1-4. Installation Diagram
Outdoor unit installation
2-1/8 inches
(55 mm) or
more / 4-5/8 inches
(118 mm) or more for
left and left back pip-
ing (using spacer)
Accessories
Check the following parts before installation.
<Indoor unit>
(1) Installation plate 1
(2)
Attachment screws for the installa-
tion plate
4 × 25 mm
7
(3) Wireless remote controller 1
(4) Felt tape
(For left or left-rear piping) 1
(5) Remote controller holder 1
(6)
Screws for the remote controller
holder
3.5 × 16 mm (Black)
2
(7) Battery (AAA) for (3) 2
(8) Air cleaning lter 2
Field-supplied parts
(A)
Indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire *1
1
(B) Extension pipe 1
(C) Wall hole sleeve 1
(D) Wall hole cover 1
(E) Pipe attachment strap
2 to 5
(F) Screw for (E) 4 × 20 mm
2 to 5
(G) Piping tape 1
(H) Putty 1
(I)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP30)
1
(J)
Drain hose
(or soft PVC hose, 15 mm inner diam-
eter or hard PVC pipe VP16)
0 or 1
(K) Power supply cord*1 1
Units should be installed by licensed contractor
according to local code requirements.
Note:
*1 Place indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A)
and power supply cord (K) at least 3 feet (1 m)
away from the TV antenna wire.
Unit: inch
Unit: mm
5-7/8 inches
(149 mm) or
more
After the leak test, apply insulating
material tightly so that there is
no gap.
2-1. Attaching the Installation Plate
• Find a stud in the wall to attach installation plate (1) horizontally by tightening the xing
screws (2) rmly.
• To prevent installation plate (1) from vibrating, be sure to install the attachment screws in
the holes indicated in the illustration. For added support, additional screws may also be
installed in other holes.
• When the knockout is removed, apply vinyl tape to the knockout edges to prevent damag-
ing the wires.
• When the indoor unit is to be attached to a concrete wall using recessed bolts, secure
installation plate (1) using 7/16 inch x 13/16 inch · 7/16 inch x 1 inch (11 mm × 20 mm ·
11 mm × 26 mm) oval hole (17-3/4 inches [450 mm] pitch).
• If the recessed bolt is too long, change it for a shorter one (eld-supplied).
2-2. Drilling
1) Determine where the holes will be located on the wall.
2) Drill a ø 3 inches (75 mm) hole. The outdoor side should be 6/32 to 9/32 inch (5 to 7 mm)
lower than the indoor side.
3) Insert wall hole sleeve (C).
2-3. Connecting Wires for the Indoor Unit
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on local code, a discon-
nect switch needs to be installed to a power supply circuit.
1) Remove the panel assembly. (Refer to 5-1.)
2) Place the upper part of the indoor unit on the installation plate.
3) Remove corner box R and electrical cover.
4) Remove display panel, conduit cover and conduit plate.
5) Attach conduit pipe (for rear piping) / elbow joint (for right, left, or downward piping) to
conduit plate with lock nut. The thread of the installed conduit pipe / elbow joint appearing
inside should be less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). (Fig. 1) Elbow joint should appear less than
1-3/16 inches (30 mm) outside. (Fig. 2)
6) Process the end of ground wire (Fig. 3). Connect it to the ground terminal of electrical
parts box.
7) Process the end of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) (Fig. 3). Attach it to the terminal
block. Be careful not to make mis-wiring. Attach the wire to the terminal block securely
so that its core cannot be seen, and no external force aects the connecting section of
the terminal block.
8) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
9) Reinstall conduit plate, conduit cover and display panel.
10) According to the piping direction, remove the shaded part of the corner box L (Fig. 4) or
corner box R (Fig. 5). Reinstall electrical cover, corner box R and panel assembly.
Lead
wire
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Less than 3/8 inch
(10 mm)
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe or
elbow joint
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
Less than 1-3/16
inches (30 mm)
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Corner box R
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side of
unit.
Remove corner
box R for piping
on bottom side
of unit.
Fig. 5
Box
Corner
box L
Remove corner box L for piping
on bottom left side of unit.
Remove corner
box L for piping on
left side of unit.
3-1. Connecting Wires for the Outdoor Unit
1) Remove the service panel.
2) Remove the conduit cover.
3) Attach the conduit connectors to the conduit plate with lock nuts then secure it against
unit with screws.
4) Connect the ground wires of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power supply
cord (K) to the TB support.
5) Loosen the terminal screws, then attach indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (A) and power
supply cord (K) from the indoor unit correctly to the terminal block. Attach the wires to the
terminal block securely so that the cores cannot be seen, and no external force aects
the connecting section of the terminal block.
6) Firmly tighten the terminal screws. After tightening, verify that the wires are tightly fastened.
7) Install the conduit cover.
8) Install the service panel securely.
Power supply cord (K)
• Make ground wire a little longer than others.
(More than 3-7/8 inches [100 mm])
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the
connecting wires.
L1 L2
SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONERS
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ENGLISH
Required tools for installation
Phillips screwdriver
Level
Scale
Utility knife or scissors
3 inches (75 mm) hole saw
Torque wrench
Wrench (or spanner)
1-3.Specications
1-3-1. Power Supply and Indoor/Outdoor Wire Connection
• Power should be taken from an exclusive branched circuit.
• Wiring work should be based on applicable technical standards.
• Wiring connections should be made following the diagram.
• Securely tighten screws.
Connecting wires and the ground wire
• Use solid conductor Min. AWG14 or stranded conductor Min.
AWG14.
• Use double insulated copper wire with 600 V insulation.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Power supply cable and ground wire
• Use solid or stranded conductor Min. AWG12.
• Use copper conductors only.
* Follow local electrical codes.
Note:
When the indoor unit is powered from the outdoor unit, depending on
local code, a disconnect switch needs to be installed to a power supply
circuit.
1. Before Installation
1-1. The Following Should Always Be Observed for Safety
• Be sure to read these safety precautions and instructions.
• Be sure to observe the warnings and cautions specied here.
• After reading this manual, be sure to store it with the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS for future reference.
• Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent before connecting this equipment to the power supply system.
■Do not install the unit by yourself (user).
Improper or incomplete installation could cause re, electric shock, injury due to the
unit falling, or water leakage. Consult a qualied installer or the dealer from whom
you purchased the unit.
■Follow the instructions detailed in the installation manual.
Incomplete installation could cause re or electric shock, injury due to the unit falling,
or leakage of water.
■When installing the unit, use appropriate protective equipment and tools for
safety.
Failure to do so could cause injury.
■Install the unit securely in a place that can bear the weight of the unit.
If the installation location cannot bear the weight of the unit, the unit could fall causing
injury.
■Do not alter the unit.
It may cause re, electric shock, injury or water leakage.
■Perform electrical work according to the installation manual and be sure to use
an exclusive circuit. Do not connect other electrical appliances to the circuit.
If the capacity of the power circuit is insucient or there is incomplete electrical work,
it could result in a re or an electric shock.
■Ground the unit correctly.
Do not connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
ground. Defective grounding could cause electric shock.
■Do not damage the wires.
Damaged wires could cause re.
■BesuretoshutothemainpowerwhensettinguptheindoorP.C.boardor
wiring.
Failure to do so could cause electric shock.
■Usethespeciedwirestosecurelyconnecttheindoorandoutdoorunits.At-
tachthewiresrmlytoavoidapplyingstresstotheterminalblock.
Improper connection could cause re.
■Donotinstalltheunitinaplacewhereammablegasmayleak.
If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it could cause an explosion.
■Do not use intermediate connection of the power cord or the extension cord.
Do not connect many devices to one AC outlet.
It could cause a re or an electric shock.
■Usethepartsprovidedorspeciedpartsfortheinstallationwork.
The use of defective parts could cause an injury or leakage of water due to a re, an
electric shock, the unit falling, etc.
■When plugging the power supply plug into the outlet, make sure that there is
no dust, blockage, or loose parts both in the outlet and on the plug. Verify that
the power supply plug is completely in the outlet.
If there is dust, blockage, or loose parts on the power supply plug or the outlet, it could
cause electric shock or re. If loose parts are found on the power supply plug, replace it.
■Securely attach the electrical cover to the indoor unit and the service panel to
the outdoor unit.
If the electrical cover of the indoor unit and/or the service panel of the outdoor unit are
not attached securely, dust, water, etc. could collect in the unit and could cause a re or
an electric shock.
■When installing, relocating, or servicing the unit, make sure that no substance
otherthanthespeciedrefrigerant(R410A)enterstherefrigerantcircuit.
Any presence of foreign substance such as air can cause abnormal pressure rise and
may result in explosion or injury. The use of any refrigerant other than that specied
for the system will cause mechanical failure, system malfunction, or unit breakdown.
In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product safety.
■
Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Check that the refrigerant gas
does not leak after installation has been completed.
If refrigerant leaks during
installation, ventilate the room.
If refrigerant comes in contact with a re, harmful gas could be generated.
If refrigerant gas leaks indoors, and comes into contact with the ame of a fan heater,
space heater, stove, etc., harmful gases will be generated.
■Use appropriate tools and piping materials for installation.
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than R22. Not using the appropriate tools
and materials, or improper installation could cause the pipes to burst causing an injury.
■When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting
the refrigerant pipes.
If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is running and the
stop valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle
could become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
If the compressor is started before the refrigerant pipes are connected and the stop
valve is open, air could be drawn in and the pressure in the refrigeration cycle could
become abnormally high, causing the pipes to burst.
■Fastenaarenutwithatorquewrenchasspeciedinthismanual.
If fastened too tight, a are nut could break and cause refrigerant leakage.
■Install the unit according to national wiring regulations.
■When opening or closing the valve below freezing temperatures, refrigerant may
spurt out from the gap between the valve stem and the valve body, resulting in
injuries.
■Exercise caution when using any auxiliary heat source and follow all third party
manufacturer instructions and safety guidelines for installation and usage.
Any auxiliary heat source connected to this unit via the CN24 connection must have
an independent temperature control mechanism. Failure to install and maintain such
temperature control mechanism may void the warranty for this unit.
Mitsubishi Electric shall not bear any warranty obligation or other liability for any
damage or loss in connection with such third party auxiliary heaters.
■Depending on the installation area, install a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit
breaker.
If the Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) circuit breaker is not installed, an electric shock
could occur.
■Perform the drainage/piping work securely according to the installation manual.
If there is defect in the drainage/piping work, water could drip from the unit, and
damage household items.
■Donottouchtheairinletorthealuminumnsoftheoutdoorunit.
This could cause injury.
■Please wear protective equipment when you touch the base of the outdoor unit.
It could cause injury if you do not wear the protective equipment.
■Do not install the outdoor unit where small animals may live.
If small animals enter the unit and damage its electrical parts, it could cause a mal-
function, smoke emission, or re. Keep the area around the unit clean.
Pipe length
Up to 25 feet (7.5 m) No additional charge is required.
Exceeding 25 feet (7.5 m) Additional charge is required.
(Refer to the table below.)
Refrigerant to be added MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA 1.08 oz. (20 g/m)
Limits
Pipe length 100 feet (30 m) max.
Height dierence 50 feet (15 m) max.
No. of bends 10 max.
Pipe
Outside
diameter
Minimum wall
thickness
Insulation
thickness Insulation material
inch (mm)
For liquid 1/4 (6.35) 0.0315 (0.8) 5/16 (8) Heat resistant foam
plastic 0.045 Specic
gravity
For gas 5/8 (15.88) 0.0394 (1.0) 5/16 (8)
Electrical specications
MODEL
INDOOR MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
OUTDOOR MUZ-GS24NA(H)
MUY-GS24NA MUZ-GS24NAHZ
INDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 1.0
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.73
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (V, PHASE, Hz) 208/230, 1, 60
Max. Fuse size (time delay) (A) 20 20
Min. Circuit Ampacity (A) 18 18
Fan motor (F.L.A.) (A) 0.93 0.93
Compressor
(R.L.A) (A) MSZ 13.6 13.6
MSY 13.6 -
(L.R.A) (A) MSZ 17.0 17.0
MSY 17.0 -
Control voltage Indoor unit - Remote controller: (Wireless)
Indoor unit - Outdoor unit: DC12-24 V (Polar)
1-2. Selecting the Installation Location
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Felt tape (4)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
Piping tape (G)
2-4. Pipe Forming and Drain Piping
2-4-1. Pipe Forming
• Place the drain hose below the refrigerant piping.
• Make sure that the drain hose is not crowded or bent.
• Do not pull the hose when applying the tape.
• When the drain hose passes the room, be sure to wrap it with insulation material (eld-
supplied).
Note:
Make sure not to damage the cover of refrigerant pipe when attaching it back on with screws.
Left or left-rear piping
Note:
Be sure to reattach the drain hose and the drain cap if the piping is being installed on left or
bottom left of unit, otherwise, water could drip down from the drain hose.
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply felt tape (4) from
the end.
Felt tape (4) overlap width should be 1/3 the tape width. Use a bandage stopper at the
end of felt tape (4).
2) Pull out the drain cap at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 1)
• Hold the convex section at the end and pull the drain cap.
3) Pull out the drain hose at the back left of the indoor unit. (Fig. 2)
• Hold the claw marked by the arrows and pull out the drain hose forward.
4) Put the drain cap into the section to which the drain hose is to be attached at the rear of
the indoor unit. (Fig. 3)
• Insert a screwdriver into the hole on the cap and insert the cap fully into the drain pan.
5) Insert the drain hose fully into the drain pan at the back right of the indoor unit. (Fig. 4)
• Check if the hose is hooked securely to the projection of its inserting part at the drain
pan.
6) Insert the drain hose into wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper part of indoor unit onto
the installation plate (1). Then, shift the indoor unit completely to the left to make placing
the piping in the back of the unit easier.
7) Cut out two pieces of cardboard from the shipping box (use any two pieces of the four
pieces), roll each piece, hook them onto the back rib, and use them as spacer to lift the
indoor unit. (Fig. 5)
8) Connect the refrigerant piping with the extension pipe (B).
9) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Drain cap
Drain hose
Drain cap
Drain hose
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Caution
(Could lead to serious injury when operated incorrectly.)
Warning (Could lead to death or serious injury.)
Do not make drain piping as shown below.
Do not raise Accumulated
drain water
Air
Waving
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Water
leakage
Tip of drain
hose dipped
in water
Ditch
At least
1-31/32
inches (50
mm) gap
Rear or bottom piping
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, then rmly apply piping tape (G)
from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
Right piping
Note:
Before performing the following, make sure that wiring is completed, and the conduit cover
is installed. (Refer to 2-3.)
1) Place the refrigerant piping and the drain hose together, shift them to left side of the unit,
and then rmly apply piping tape (G) from the end.
2) Insert the piping and the drain hose into the wall hole sleeve (C), and attach the upper
part of the indoor unit on the installation plate (1).
3) Check if the indoor unit is attached securely on the installation plate (1) by moving the unit
to left and right.
4) Attach the lower part of the indoor unit into the installation plate (1).
33-1/16
13-3/4~14-5/8
19-11/16
Air inlet
6-7/8
15-3/8
13
Air outlet
2-3/8 x 13/16 slot 1-9/16
40
840
175 500
Air inlet
390
330
349~371
Air outlet
2-10 x 21 slot
Remark:
* A disconnect switch should be
required.
Check the local code.
** Use a ring tongue terminal in
order to connect a ground wire
to terminal.
Power supply
208/230 V AC,
1 phase 2 wires,
60 Hz
INDOOR UNIT
Terminal block
208/230 V AC
,
1 phase, 60 Hz
OUTDOOR
UNIT
Terminal
block 1
Ground
Grounding terminal**
Grounding
terminal**
Disconnect
switch*
Cut o in case of left piping.
Piping tape (G)
Felt tape (4)
When the piping is to be attached
to a wall comprised of tin plate or
metal netting, use chemically treated
wooden piece 25/32 inch (20 mm)
or thicker between the wall and the
piping, or wrap insulation vinyl tape
around the piping.
To use existing piping, perform
COOL operation for 30 minutes and
pump down before removing the
old air conditioner. Remake are
according to the dimension for new
refrigerant.
3/8 inch (10
mm) or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
4 inches
(100 mm)
or more
14 inches
(350 mm)
or more
clear *3
Indoor Unit
• Where airow is not blocked.
• Where cool (or warm) air spreads over the entire room.
• On a rigid wall to reduce the possibility of vibration.
• Where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. Do not expose
to direct sunlight also during the period following unpack-
ing to before use.
• Where it can be easily drained.
• At a distance 3 feet (1 m) or more away from a TV and
radio. Operation of the air conditioner may interfere with
radio or TV reception. An amplier may be required for
the aected device.
• In a place as far away as possible from uorescent and
incandescent lights (so the infrared remote control can
operate the air conditioner normally).
•
Where the air lter can be removed and replaced easily.
•
Where it is away from the other heat or steam source.
Note:
Install the indoor unit high on the wall where air can distribute
over the entire room.
Remote Controller
• Where it is convenient to operate and easily visible.
• Where children cannot easily touch it.
• Select a position about 4 feet (1.2 m) above the oor.
Check that signals from the remote controller from that
position are received by the indoor unit (‘beep’ or ‘beep
beep’ receiving tone sounds). When the remote controller
holder is supplied, install it at a position from which the
indoor unit can receive signals.
Note:
In rooms where inverter type uorescent lamps are used,
the signal from the wireless remote controller may not be
received.
Outdoor Unit
• Where it is not overly exposed to strong winds. If the
outdoor unit with defrosting function is exposed to a wind,
the defrosting time will be longer.
• Where airow is good and dustless.
• Where neighbours are not annoyed by operation sound
or hot (or cool) air.
• Where rigid wall or support is available to prevent the
increase of operation sound or vibration.
• Where there is no risk of combustible gas leakage.
• If installing the unit in a location high above the ground,
be sure to secure the unit legs.
• Where it is at least 10 feet (3 m) away from the antenna
of TV set or radio. Operation of the air conditioner may
interfere with radio or TV reception in areas where recep-
tion is weak. An amplier may be required for the aected
device.
• Install the unit horizontally.
• Please install it in an area not aected by snowfall or
blowing snow. In areas with heavy snow, please install
a canopy, a pedestal and/or bae boards.
Note:
• It is advisable to make a piping loop near outdoor unit
so as to reduce vibration.
• For increased eciency, install the outdoor unit in a
location where continuous direct sunlight or excessive
water can be avoided as much as possible.
Note:
When operating the air conditioner in low outside tempera-
ture, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air
inlet/outlet side may be exposed directly to wind.
• To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit
with its air inlet side facing the wall and
a bae board
on the air outlet side.
Avoid the following places for installation where air
conditioner trouble is liable to occur.
• Where ammable gas could leak.
• Where there is an excessive amount of machine oil
in the air.
• Where oil is splashed or where the area is lled with
oily smoke (such as cooking areas and factories, in
which the properties of plastic could be changed and
damaged).
• Salty places such as the seaside.
• Where sulde gas is generated such as a hot spring,
sewage, waste water.
•
Where there is high-frequency or wireless equipment.
•
Where there is emission of high levels of VOCs, includ-
ing phthalate compounds, formaldehyde, etc., which
may cause chemical cracking.
5-1/2 inches
(140 mm) or
more
Conduit plate
MSZ-GS24NA
MSY-GS24NA
When installing multi units, refer to the instal-
lation manual of the multi unit for outdoor unit
installation.
Drain piping for outdoor unit
Install the unit horizontally.
Do not use drain socket in cold regions. Drain may freeze and make the fan stop.
The outdoor unit produces condensate during the heating operation. Select the installation place to ensure to prevent the outdoor unit and/or the grounds from being wet by drain
water or damaged by frozen drain water.
Level
Installation plate (1)
Center of
ø 3 inches (75
mm) hole
5 1/2
inches
(140 mm)
or more
5-7/8
inches
(149 mm)
or more
2 1/8 inches (55 mm) or more
4 5/8 inches (118 mm) or more for left
and left back piping (using spacer)
Ceiling
Wall
Wall
Fixing screw (2)
* Same for left hole.
Insert
the
scale. *
Align the
scale with
the line. *
4 inches
(100 mm)
• Connect wires to the appropriate terminals
• For future servicing, leave some slack in the connecting wires.
Fixing screw
Indoor terminal
block
Conduit plate
Conduit pipe
(for rear piping)
Lock nut
Elbow joint
(for right, left, or downward piping)
or
Electrical box
Conduit cover
Display panel
To the left
Remove corner
box R for piping
on right side
of unit.
Remove corner box R for pip-
ing on bottom side of unit.
5-3. Pumping Down
When relocating or disposing of the air conditioner, pump down the system following the procedure below so that refrigerant is not released into the atmosphere.
1) Connect the gauge manifold valve to the service port of the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit.
2) Fully close the stop valve on the liquid pipe side of the outdoor unit.
3) Close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit almost completely so that it can be easily closed fully when the pressure gauge shows 0 psi [Gauge] (0 Mpa).
4) Start the emergency COOL operation.
To start the emergency operation in COOL mode, disconnect the power supply plug and/or turn o the breaker. After 15 seconds, connect the power supply plug and/or turn on
the breaker, and then press the E.O. SW once. (The emergency COOL operation can be performed continuously for up to 30 minutes.)
5)
Fully close the stop valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge shows (0.1 to 0 psi [Gauge] (0.05 to 0 Mpa)).
6) Stop the emergency COOL operation.
To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
5-2. Removing the Indoor Unit
Remove the bottom of the indoor unit from the installation plate.
When releasing the corner part, release both left and right bottom corner part of indoor unit
and pull it downward and forward as shown in the gure on the right.
Push
Lower
Square hole
If the above method cannot be used
Remove the panel. Then, insert hexagonal wrenches into the square holes on the left and
right sides of the unit and push them up as shown in the following gure. The bottom of the
indoor unit lowers and releases the hooks.
Use the wall hole sleeve
(C) to prevent indoor/out-
door connecting wire (A)
from contacting metal parts
in the wall and to protect
the wiring from rodents.
Indoor unit
Wall hole
sleeve (C)
Cut o the
extra length. Pipe xing band
(E)
Wall hole cover (D)
Seal the wall hole
gap with putty (H).
Attach the pipe to
wall with pipe at-
tachment strap (E).
Fixing
screw (F)
Remove corner box R for
conduit pipe on bottom
side of unit.
JG79N508H03
Electrical cover
Drain cap
3-2. Flare Connection
1) Cut the copper pipe as straight as possible with a pipe cutter. (Fig. 1, 2)
2) Remove all burrs from the cut section of the pipe, ensuring that precautions are taken to
avoid getting metal shavings into the piping. (Fig. 3)
3) Remove are nuts attached to indoor and outdoor units, then put them on pipe.
4) Flaring work (Fig. 4, 5). Firmly hold copper pipe in the dimension shown in the table. Select
A inch (mm) from the table according to the tool you use.
5) Check
• Compare the ared work with Fig. 6.
• If are is defective, cut o the section and repeat procedure.
4-4. Explanation to the User
• Using the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, explain to the user how to use the air conditioner
(the remote controller, removing the air lters, placing or removing the remote controller
from the remote controller holder, cleaning methods, precautions for operation, etc.)
• Recommend that the user read the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS carefully.
Caution:
• After test run or remote signal reception check, turn o the unit with the E.O. SW or the
remote controller before turning o the power supply. If this procedure is not performed,
the unit will automatically begin operation when power supply is resumed.
To the user
• After installing the unit, explain to the user about auto restart function.
• If auto restart function is unnecessary, it can be deactivated. Consult the service
representative to deactivate the function. Refer to the service manual for details.
4-2. Test Run
1) Insert power supply plug into the power outlet and/or turn on
the breaker.
2) Pressing the E.O. SW will perform a test run for 30 minutes.(For
MSZ, pressing the switch once will perform COOL operation
and twice will perform HEAT operation.) If the upper operation
indicator light blinks every 0.5 seconds, inspect the indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire (A). After the test run, emergency
COOL mode (75°F [24°C] COOL) will start.
3) To stop operation, press the E.O. SW several times until all
LED lamps turn o. Refer to operating instructions for details.
Checking the remote (infrared) signal reception
Press the OFF/ON button on the remote controller and listen for an audible indicator from
the indoor unit. Press the OFF/ON button again to turn the air conditioner o.
• Once the compressor stops, the restart preventive device operates so the compressor
will not operate for 3 minutes to protect the air conditioner.
4-3. Auto Restart Function
This product is equipped with an auto restart function. When the power supply is cut o during
operation, such as during blackouts, the function automatically starts operation in the previous
setting once the power supply is resumed. (Refer to the operating instructions for details.)
Emergency
operation switch
(E.O. SW)
Wall
Outdoor side
6/32-9/32 inch
(5-7 mm)
ø 3 inches
(75 mm)
Grounding
terminal
Grounding terminal**
Terminal block
to conduit cover Power supply cord (K)
Indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (A)
TB support
Grounding
terminal
5/32 inch (4 mm) hexagonal
wrench
Flare tool for R410A
Gauge manifold for R410A
Vacuum pump for R410A
Charge hose for R410A
Pipe cutter with reamer
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU,
TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
clear *2
*2 When front and sides of unit are clear, 20 inches (500 mm) or
more
*3 When any 2 sides of left, right and rear of unit are clear, 20
inches (500 mm) or more
Pipe diameter
inch (mm)
B
inch
(mm)
A inch (mm) Tightening torque
Clutch
type tool
for R410A
Clutch type
tool
for R22
Wing nut
type tool
for R22
ft-lb
(kgf•cm) N•m
ø 1/4 (6.35) 21/32
(17)
0 to 0.02
(0 to 0.5)
0.04 to 0.06
(1.0 to 1.5)
0.06 to
0.08
(1.5 to 2.0)
10 to 13
(140 to 180) 13.7 to 17.7
ø 3/8 (9.52) 7/8
(22)
25 to 30
(350 to 420) 34.3 to 41.2
ø 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32
(26) 0.08 to
0.10
(2.0 to 2.5)
36 to 42
(500 to 575) 49.0 to 56.4
ø 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32
(29)
54 to 58
(750 to 800) 73.5 to 78.4
4-1. Purging Procedures and Leak Test
1) Remove service port caps from stop valves on both sides of refrigerant lines. (The stop
valves are fully closed when shipped.) Leave closed.
2) Connect gauge manifold to ports of stop valves.
Stop valve for
GAS
Stop valve cap
(Torque 15 to
22 ft-lb, 19.6 to
29.4 N•m, 200
to 300 kgf▪cm)
Vacuum pump (or the vacuum
pump with the function to
prevent the back ow)
Gauge manifold
valve (for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
(for R410A)
–14.7 psi [Gauge]
(–0.101 Mpa)
Handle
Low Handle High
Adapter for prevent-
ing the back ow
Hexagonal wrench
Precautions when using the control valve When attaching the control valve
to the service port, valve core may
deform or loosen if excess pressure
is applied. This may cause gas leak.
Service port
Charge hose
Body
Close
Open
Control valve
A
When attaching the control valve to
the service port, make sure that the
valve core is in closed position, and
then tighten part A. Do not tighten
part A or turn the body when valve
core is in open position.
Service port cap
(Torque 10 to 13 ft -Ib,
13.7 to 17.7 N•m, 140
to 180 kgf•cm)
Stop valve for LIQUID
Pressure gauge
(for R410A)
3. Outdoor Unit Installation
2. Indoor Unit Installation
4. Purging Procedures, Leak Test, and Test Run
5.9 to 7.5 feet (1.8 to 2.3 m)
from the oor is recommended
Lead
wire
5/8 inch
(15 mm)
Air inletAir inlet
3) Evacuate the system to 4000 microns from both service valves. System manifold gauges
must not be used to measure vacuum. A micron gauge must be used at all times. Break
the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
4) Evacuate the system to 1500 microns. Break the vacuum with Nitrogen(N2) into the
discharge service valve to 0 PSIG.
5) Evacuate the system to 500 microns.
6) Close gauge manifold valves, stop the pump, and conduct a 30 minute rise test.
7) System should hold 500 microns for a minimum of 1 hour.
8) Fully open the valve stem of all stop valves on both sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe
by the hexagonal wrench. If the valve stem hits the stopper, do not turn it any further.
Operating without fully opening lowers the performance and this causes trouble.
9) Refer to 1-3 and charge the prescribed amount of additional refrigerant if needed. Be
sure to charge slowly with liquid refrigerant. Otherwise composition of the refrigerant in
the system may be changed and aect performance of the air conditioner.
10) Remove gauge manifolds and replace service port caps and tighten.
11) Leak test
3-3. Pipe Connection
• Fasten are nut with a torque wrench as specied in the table above.
• When fastened too tight, are nut may eventually break and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Be sure to wrap insulation around the piping. Direct contact with the bare piping may
result in burns or frostbite.
Indoor unit connection
Connect both liquid and gas piping to indoor unit.
• Do not apply refrigeration oil on screw threads. Excessive tightening torque will result in
damage on the screw.
• To connect, rst align the center, then tighten the rst 3 to 4 turns of are nut by hand.
• Use tightening torque table in (3-2.) as a guideline for indoor unit side joints, and tighten
using two wrenches. Excessive tightening damages the are section.
Outdoor unit connection
Connect pipes to stop valve pipe joint of the outdoor unit following the same procedure
detailed in Indoor unit connection.
• For tightening, use a torque wrench or spanner.
Warning
When installing the unit, securely connect the refrigerant pipes before starting
the compressor.
3-4. Insulation and Taping
1) Cover piping joints with pipe cover.
2) For outdoor unit side, insulate the piping, including valves.
3) Apply piping tape (G) starting from the connection on the outdoor unit.
• When piping has to be installed through a ceiling, closet or where the temperature and
humidity are high, use additional eld-supplied insulation to prevent condensation.
5-1. Removing and Installing the Panel Assembly
Removal procedure (Fig. 1)
1) Remove the three screws that attach the panel assembly.
2) Remove the panel assembly. Be sure to remove its bottom end rst.
Installation procedure (Fig. 2)
1) Install the panel assembly following the removal procedure in reverse.
2) Be sure to press the positions as indicated by the arrows in order to attach the assembly
completely to the unit.
5. Relocation and Maintenance
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
When the refrigeration circuit has a leak, do not execute pump down with the compressor.
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst if air etc. get into it.
Warning
6. Connecting the Interface/Connector Cable to the Air Conditioner
Fix the connecting cable at the prescribed position securely. Incorrect installation
maycauseelectricshock,re,and/ormalfunction.
Warning
• Connect the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE to the Indoor electronic control P.C. board of the air conditioner with the connecting cable.
• Cutting or extending the connecting cable of the INTERFACE/CONNECTOR CABLE results in defects in connecting.
Do not bundle the connecting cable together with power supply cord, indoor/outdoor connecting wire, and/or earth wire. Keep as much distance as possible between the
connecting cable and those wires.
• The thin part of the connecting cable should be stored and placed where customers cannot touch it.
Note:
• The dimensions indicated in the arrows ( ) above
show the required space to guarantee performance of
the air conditioner. Install the outdoor unit where the
maximum possible space can be provided, considering
later relocation, services, or repairs.
• The cooling/heating performance and the eciency of
power usage may fall about 10% at the place where short
cycle is likely occur due to poor ventilation. Installing the
air outlet guide (optional) can improve performances.
• If air from the outlet blows against the wall, it may cause
stains on the wall.
Do not take in the outlet air
discharged by other units directly.
15-3/4 inches or
more
(400 mm or more)
39-3/8 inches or
more
(1000 mm or more)
Connecting
(6) Close the cover of the indoor control P.C. board. Be careful not to catch the thin part of the
connecting cable in the cover. Reinstall the panel and the lower right corner part.
Connector
Main body of an interface
Thick part of the connecting cable
Room air conditioner
Thin part of the connecting cable. Place this part where customers cannot touch it.
Indoor control
P.C. board CN105
(1) Remove the panel and the lower right corner part.
(2) Open the cover of the indoor control P.C. board.
(3) Join the connecting cable to CN105 on the indoor control P.C. board.
(5) Attach the cable clamp provided with Interface to the thick part of the connecting
cable with a screw 4×16, then t the cable into the ribs as shown in the gure.
(4) Hook the connecting cable as shown in the gure.
Close
Open
Valve stem (inside)
Charge hose
(for R410A)
* Do not hold the A part when installing/removing or carrying the panel, or the panel might
be damaged.
A part : lower part of air
outlet of the panel
1-3-2. Refrigerant Pipes
• To prevent condensation, insulate the two refrigerant pipes.
Caution
Be sure to use the insulation of specied thickness (table on the right).
Excessive insulation may cause incorrect installation of the indoor unit,
and too little insulation may cause condensate to form.
• Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 4 inches (100 mm) or more.
• The unit has ared connections on both indoor and outdoor sides.
• Remove the valve cover from the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
• Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the indoor and outdoor units.
• Be careful not to crush or over bend the pipe in pipe bending.
• Refrigerant adjustment... If pipe length exceeds 25 feet (7.5 m), ad-
ditional refrigerant (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 25
feet [7.5 m])
• Please carefully consider the indoor unit location when piping lengths
are less than 16 feet (5 m) as there could be intermittent noises during
normal operation that would be noticeable in very quiet environments.
Do not put the drain pipe directly in a drainage ditch where Ammonia or Sulphuric
gas may be generated. The evaporated corrosive gas may return to the indoor side
through drain pipe and this may cause an unpleasant odor and corrosion on Heat
exchanger may occur.
Indoor unit
connection
Outdoor unit
connection
Copper
pipe
Fig. 1
Good
90°
Tilted
No good
Fig. 2
Uneven Burred
Fig. 4
Clutch type
Flaring tool
Wing nut type
Fig. 5
Flare nut
Die Copper pipe
Smooth all around
Even length all around
Inside is shining without any scratches.
Fig. 6
Flare nut Union joint
External thread sideInternal thread side
Tighten the are nut
with a torque wrench.
Grip the nut on the
union joint with a spanner.
Burr Copper pipe
Spare reamer
Pipe cutter
Fig. 3
2-4-2. Drain Piping
• Do not cut the drain hose of the unit. (Fig. 1)
• If the extension drain hose has to pass through a room, be sure to wrap it with insula-
tion (eld-supplied).
• The drain hose should point downward for easy drain. (Fig. 2)
• If the drain hose provided with the indoor unit is too short, connect it with a eld-supplied
drain hose (I). (Fig. 3)
• When connecting the drain hose to a hard vinyl chloride pipe, be sure to insert it
securely into the pipe. (Fig. 4)
• Make sure that no stress is applied to the connecting portion of the drain hose after
installing the indoor unit. Otherwise, breakage or water leakage may result.
• Be sure to use the drain hose attached to the indoor unit. Otherwise, water leakage
or breakage due to chemical may result.
• Do not apply any agent on the drain port. Doing so may cause breakage.
Downward
slope
Drain
hose
Soft hose I.D.
19/32 inch
(15 mm)
Drain hose
Hard vinyl chloride pipe
I.D. 1-3/16 inches
(30 mm)
Insert
securely
Dierent
diameter joint
27-9/16 inches
(70 cm) or more
Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 1
Do not block the inlet of the outdoor
unit with the excess part of the pipes.
Cover the connection part with tape
to prevent water from leaking.
JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1JG79N508H03_01En.indd 1 2023/03/10 10:42:262023/03/10 10:42:26
Other manuals for MSZ-GS24NA
1
This manual suits for next models
5
Table of contents
Other Mitsubishi Electric Air Conditioner manuals
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric Mr.SLIM PSA-M-KA Series User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MR. SLIM PCA Series User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MFZ-KT25VG User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MS-C18TV-E1 WH User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric Mr.Slim SUZ-M-VA-ER Series User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MSZ-FS06NA User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric PUMY-SP112 User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric Mir.SLIM SUZ-KA09 User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MSZ-SF35VE User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MUH-GA20VB-E1 User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric CITY MULTI PFFY-P20VCM-E Operating manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric Y Series User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MSZ-GC50NA User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MXZ-2F53VFHZ User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric MSZ-LN18VGW User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric PQHY-P400-500YSGM-A User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric SEZ Series Operating manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric PAC-MK50BC User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric ecodan EHPT17X-VM6D User manual
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric Mr.Slim MSY-GE09NA User manual
